1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
42 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
44 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
59 #include "diagnostic.h"
62 #include "langhooks.h"
63 #include "hashtable.h"
65 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
66 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
69 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
70 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
71 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
72 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
73 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
74 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
75 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
76 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
77 CIE = Common Information Entry
78 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
79 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
80 FDE = Frame Description Entry
81 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
82 how to restore registers
84 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
85 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
87 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
93 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
94 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
95 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
100 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
105 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
106 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
107 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
108 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
109 unique to each function definition. */
110 unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
112 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
114 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
117 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
118 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
122 default_eh_frame_section ()
124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
125 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
127 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
130 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
131 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
136 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
138 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
139 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
140 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
143 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
144 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
145 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
147 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
148 Information instructions. The register number, offset
149 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
150 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
152 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
154 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
155 long int dw_cfi_offset;
156 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
157 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
161 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
163 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
164 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
165 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
166 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
170 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
171 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
172 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
173 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
174 of this structure. */
175 typedef struct cfa_loc
180 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
183 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
184 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
185 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
186 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
187 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
191 const char *dw_fde_begin;
192 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
193 const char *dw_fde_end;
194 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
195 unsigned funcdef_number;
196 unsigned nothrow : 1;
197 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
201 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
202 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
204 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
205 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
206 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
207 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
209 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
210 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
213 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
214 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
215 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
218 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
219 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
222 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
224 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
225 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
226 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
228 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
229 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
230 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
231 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
233 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
237 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
238 information for each routine. */
239 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
241 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
242 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
244 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
245 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
247 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
249 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
251 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
252 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
254 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
255 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
256 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
257 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
258 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
260 struct ht *debug_str_hash;
262 struct indirect_string_node
264 struct ht_identifier id;
265 unsigned int refcount;
270 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
272 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
273 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
274 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
275 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
276 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
277 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref,
279 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
280 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
282 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
283 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
284 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
285 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
286 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
287 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
288 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
289 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
290 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
292 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
293 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
294 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
295 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
296 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
297 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
298 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *,
301 /* .debug_str support. */
302 static hashnode indirect_string_alloc PARAMS ((hash_table *));
303 static int output_indirect_string PARAMS ((struct cpp_reader *,
304 hashnode, const PTR));
306 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
307 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
308 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
311 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
312 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
313 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
315 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
316 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
317 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
320 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
321 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
324 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
325 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
328 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
329 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
332 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
333 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
334 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
335 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
336 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
337 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
338 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
339 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
340 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
341 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
342 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
343 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
344 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
346 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
347 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
348 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
351 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
352 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
354 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
355 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
357 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
359 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
364 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
365 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
367 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
369 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
371 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
375 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
376 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
378 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
381 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
382 for the current function. */
383 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
384 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
387 /* Hook used by __throw. */
390 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
392 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
395 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
396 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
402 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
407 while (*s && *s != ',')
414 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
417 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
421 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
422 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
423 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
425 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; i++)
427 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
428 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
433 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
437 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
440 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
445 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
446 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
448 return "DW_CFA_offset";
450 return "DW_CFA_restore";
454 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
455 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
456 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
457 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
458 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
459 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
460 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
461 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
462 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
463 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
464 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
465 case DW_CFA_undefined:
466 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
467 case DW_CFA_same_value:
468 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
469 case DW_CFA_register:
470 return "DW_CFA_register";
471 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
472 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
473 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
474 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
476 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
477 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
478 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
479 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
480 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
481 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
482 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
484 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
485 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
486 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
489 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
490 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
491 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
492 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
493 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
494 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
497 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
501 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
503 static inline dw_cfi_ref
506 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
508 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
509 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
510 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
515 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
518 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
519 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
524 /* Find the end of the chain. */
525 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
531 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
534 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
536 static char label[20];
537 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
544 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
545 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
548 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
554 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
557 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
559 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
560 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
564 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
566 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
568 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
569 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
570 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
573 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
577 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
580 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
583 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
585 dw_cfa_location *loc;
587 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
589 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
590 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
592 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
593 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
596 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
597 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
599 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
600 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
607 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
611 dw_cfa_location *loc;
615 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
618 loc->base_offset = 0;
620 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
621 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
623 if (fde_table_in_use)
625 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
626 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
627 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
631 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
632 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
634 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
636 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
638 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
639 static long args_size;
641 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
642 static long old_args_size;
644 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
645 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
646 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
649 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
659 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
662 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
663 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
666 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
668 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
671 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
676 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
677 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
679 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
680 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
682 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
683 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
684 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
685 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
690 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
692 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
693 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
695 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
696 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
699 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
700 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
703 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
704 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
705 offset has not changed. */
706 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
707 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
711 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
713 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
714 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
715 the specified offset. */
716 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
717 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
718 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
722 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
723 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
724 register-offset pair is available. */
725 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
728 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
729 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
732 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
735 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
736 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
737 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
738 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
741 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
747 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
749 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
751 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
752 the value isn't a register number. */
753 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
756 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
758 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
760 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
762 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
764 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
765 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
766 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
768 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
770 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
774 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
777 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
781 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
783 else if (sreg == reg)
784 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
792 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
795 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
796 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
797 from the previous frame's window save area.
799 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
800 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
803 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
806 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
808 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
809 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
812 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
813 pushed onto the stack. */
816 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
822 if (size == old_args_size)
825 old_args_size = size;
828 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
829 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
830 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
833 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
834 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
837 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
842 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
845 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
846 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
849 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
853 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
856 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
857 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
860 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
864 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
867 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
868 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
871 initial_return_save (rtl)
874 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
875 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
877 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
880 /* RA is in a register. */
881 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
885 /* RA is on the stack. */
887 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
890 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
896 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
898 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
902 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
904 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
914 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
915 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
916 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
917 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
919 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
926 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
929 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
933 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
936 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
937 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
938 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
941 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
943 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
944 code = GET_CODE (src);
945 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
946 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
947 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
950 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
952 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
954 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
955 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
956 code = GET_CODE (src);
958 if ((code != PRE_DEC && code != PRE_INC && code != PRE_MODIFY)
959 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
962 if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
964 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
966 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
967 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
968 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
971 offset = -INTVAL (val);
974 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
979 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
985 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
986 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
987 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
990 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
993 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
997 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
999 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1000 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1001 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1002 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1003 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1004 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1005 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1008 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1012 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1013 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1014 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1017 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1019 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1020 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1021 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1022 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1023 offset = -args_size;
1028 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1029 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1030 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1031 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1033 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1035 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1036 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1037 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1045 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1046 cfa.offset += offset;
1048 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1052 args_size += offset;
1056 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1057 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1058 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1061 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1062 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1063 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1065 struct queued_reg_save
1067 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1072 static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1073 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1076 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1081 struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
1083 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1085 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1086 queued_reg_saves = q;
1088 last_reg_save_label = label;
1092 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1094 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1096 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
1098 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1103 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1104 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1108 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1111 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1113 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
1114 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1121 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1122 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1123 value, not an offset. */
1124 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1126 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1127 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1128 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1131 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1132 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1133 users need not read the source code.
1135 The High-Level Picture
1137 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1138 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1139 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1140 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1141 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1143 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1144 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1145 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1146 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1147 saves. This also seems to work.
1149 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1150 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1151 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1152 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1154 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1155 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1156 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1157 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1159 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1161 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1162 consists of a register and an offset.
1163 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1164 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1165 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1166 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1167 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1168 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1169 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1171 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1172 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1173 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1176 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1177 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1178 and cfa_temp.offset.
1180 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1183 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1184 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1185 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1189 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1190 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1193 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1194 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1195 cfa.offset unchanged
1196 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1197 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1200 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1201 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1202 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1203 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1204 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1205 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1208 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1209 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1210 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1213 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1214 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1216 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1217 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1218 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1221 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1222 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1224 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1225 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1228 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1229 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1230 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1233 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1234 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1235 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1238 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1242 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1243 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1244 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1247 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1248 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1249 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1251 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1254 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1255 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1256 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1258 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1261 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1268 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1269 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1270 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1273 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1274 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1275 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1276 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1279 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1286 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1287 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1288 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1289 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1290 flag is set in them. */
1291 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1294 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1296 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1297 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1298 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1300 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1305 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1308 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1309 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1311 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1315 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1316 relative to the current CFA register. */
1317 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1319 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1321 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1327 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1328 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1329 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1330 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1331 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1332 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1333 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1339 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1343 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1346 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1349 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1351 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1357 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1359 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1360 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1362 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1364 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1365 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1367 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1370 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1372 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1373 cfa.offset += offset;
1374 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1375 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1377 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1380 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1381 or adjusting the FP */
1382 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1385 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1387 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1389 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1390 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1392 cfa.offset += offset;
1393 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1400 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1404 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1405 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1406 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1408 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1409 into the FP later on. */
1410 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1411 cfa.offset += offset;
1412 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1413 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1414 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1415 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1419 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1420 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1421 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1423 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1424 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1425 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1427 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1428 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1433 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1435 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1436 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1445 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1446 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1451 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1452 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1453 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1456 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1457 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1458 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1461 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1462 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1471 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1475 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1478 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1480 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1485 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1488 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1490 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1491 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1494 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1495 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1496 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1498 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1504 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1505 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1508 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1509 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1512 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1513 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1514 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1516 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1520 /* With an offset. */
1524 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1526 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1527 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1530 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1531 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1532 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1533 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1539 /* Without an offset. */
1541 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1542 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1543 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1544 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1551 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1553 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1554 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1561 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1562 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1563 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1565 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1567 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1569 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1570 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1572 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1573 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1578 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1579 calculate the CFA. */
1580 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1582 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1584 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1587 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1588 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1590 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1595 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1596 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1604 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1605 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1606 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1609 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1615 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1617 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1618 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1620 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1622 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1625 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1628 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1632 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1633 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1635 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1637 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1638 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1644 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1646 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1648 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1650 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1653 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1656 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1661 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1663 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1664 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1665 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1666 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1669 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1670 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1671 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1674 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1676 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1677 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1678 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1682 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1684 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1686 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1688 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1689 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1690 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1693 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1694 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1697 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1698 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1699 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1700 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1703 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1704 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1705 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1706 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1709 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1710 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1711 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1712 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1715 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1716 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1717 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1718 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1721 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1723 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1724 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1729 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1730 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1731 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1732 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1733 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1737 case DW_CFA_register:
1738 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1740 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1749 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1753 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1762 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1763 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1764 location of saved registers. */
1767 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1773 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1774 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1775 char augmentation[6];
1776 int augmentation_size;
1777 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1778 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1779 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1781 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1782 EH unwind information. */
1785 int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1787 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1788 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1789 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1790 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1793 if (! any_eh_needed)
1797 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1802 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1804 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1809 /* Output the CIE. */
1810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1811 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1812 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1813 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1816 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1817 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1818 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1819 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1820 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1824 augmentation[0] = 0;
1825 augmentation_size = 0;
1831 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1832 augmentation section.
1833 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1834 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1835 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1837 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1838 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1840 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1841 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1842 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1844 p = augmentation + 1;
1845 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1848 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1850 if (any_lsda_needed)
1853 augmentation_size += 1;
1855 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1858 augmentation_size += 1;
1860 if (p > augmentation + 1)
1862 augmentation[0] = 'z';
1866 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1867 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1869 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1871 + 1 /* CIE version */
1872 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1873 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1874 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
1876 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1877 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1878 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1880 augmentation_size += pad;
1882 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1883 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1884 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
1889 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1890 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
1892 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
1895 if (augmentation[0])
1897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
1898 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
1901 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
1902 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
1903 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
1906 if (any_lsda_needed)
1907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1908 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
1910 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1912 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
1915 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1916 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
1918 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1919 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1920 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1921 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1923 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1924 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1926 fde = &fde_table[i];
1928 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1929 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow && ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1932 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1933 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1934 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1935 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1940 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
1942 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
1947 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
1948 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
1949 "FDE initial location");
1950 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
1951 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1952 "FDE address range");
1956 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1957 "FDE initial location");
1958 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1959 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1960 "FDE address range");
1963 if (augmentation[0])
1965 if (any_lsda_needed)
1967 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
1969 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1971 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1972 + 4 /* CIE offset */
1973 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
1974 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
1975 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1978 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
1982 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
1984 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1986 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
1987 fde->funcdef_number);
1988 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1989 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
1990 "Language Specific Data Area");
1994 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1995 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1997 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
1998 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2005 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2007 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2008 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2009 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2011 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2012 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2013 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2017 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2019 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2021 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2022 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2023 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2024 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2027 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2032 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2036 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
2037 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2038 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2040 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2043 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2045 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2046 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2047 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2049 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2050 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2053 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2057 current_funcdef_number++;
2058 function_section (current_function_decl);
2059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2060 current_funcdef_number);
2061 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2062 current_funcdef_number);
2063 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2065 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2066 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2067 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2071 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2072 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2074 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2076 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2077 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2080 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2081 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2083 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2084 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2085 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2087 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2088 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2089 fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
2090 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2091 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2093 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2095 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2096 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2097 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2099 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2103 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2104 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2108 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2111 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2113 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2115 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2116 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2117 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2118 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2122 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2124 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2125 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2126 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2127 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2129 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2130 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2132 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2133 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2134 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2135 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2140 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2142 /* Output call frame information. */
2143 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2144 output_call_frame_info (0);
2146 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2147 output_call_frame_info (1);
2150 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2151 for emitting location expressions. */
2153 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2154 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2155 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2156 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2158 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2159 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2160 implementation are listed below. */
2165 dw_val_class_offset,
2167 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2168 dw_val_class_range_list,
2170 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2171 dw_val_class_long_long,
2174 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2175 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2176 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2177 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2182 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2183 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2185 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2192 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2194 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2201 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2202 represented internally. */
2204 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2206 dw_val_class val_class;
2210 long unsigned val_offset;
2211 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
2212 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2214 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2215 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2216 dw_float_const val_float;
2222 unsigned val_fde_index;
2223 struct indirect_string_node *val_str;
2225 unsigned char val_flag;
2231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2234 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2236 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2237 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2238 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2239 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2244 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2245 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2246 their entire life. */
2247 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2249 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2250 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2251 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2252 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2253 Only on head of list */
2254 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2255 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2258 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2259 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2262 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2264 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2265 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2266 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2267 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2269 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2272 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2278 return "DW_OP_addr";
2280 return "DW_OP_deref";
2282 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2284 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2286 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2288 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2290 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2292 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2294 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2296 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2298 return "DW_OP_constu";
2300 return "DW_OP_consts";
2304 return "DW_OP_drop";
2306 return "DW_OP_over";
2308 return "DW_OP_pick";
2310 return "DW_OP_swap";
2314 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2322 return "DW_OP_minus";
2334 return "DW_OP_plus";
2335 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2336 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2342 return "DW_OP_shra";
2360 return "DW_OP_skip";
2362 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2364 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2366 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2368 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2370 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2372 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2374 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2376 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2378 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2380 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2382 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2384 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2386 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2388 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2390 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2392 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2394 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2396 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2398 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2400 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2402 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2404 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2406 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2408 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2410 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2412 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2414 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2416 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2418 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2420 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2422 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2424 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2426 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2428 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2430 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2432 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2434 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2436 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2438 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2440 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2442 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2444 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2446 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2448 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2450 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2452 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2454 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2456 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2458 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2460 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2462 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2464 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2466 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2468 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2470 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2472 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2474 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2476 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2478 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2480 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2482 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2484 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2486 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2488 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2490 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2492 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2494 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2496 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2498 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2500 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2502 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2504 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2506 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2508 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2510 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2512 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2514 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2516 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2518 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2520 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2522 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2524 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2526 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2528 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2530 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2532 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2534 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2536 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2538 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2540 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2542 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2544 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2546 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2548 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2550 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2552 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2554 return "DW_OP_regx";
2556 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2558 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2560 return "DW_OP_piece";
2561 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2562 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2563 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2564 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2568 return "OP_<unknown>";
2572 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2573 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2574 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2576 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2577 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2578 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2579 unsigned long oprnd1;
2580 unsigned long oprnd2;
2582 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2584 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2585 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2587 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2588 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2589 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2590 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2591 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2597 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2600 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2601 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2602 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2604 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2606 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2607 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2613 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2615 static unsigned long
2616 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2617 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2619 unsigned long size = 1;
2621 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2624 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2643 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2646 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2651 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2652 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2690 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2693 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2696 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2699 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2700 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2703 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2705 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2706 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2716 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2718 static unsigned long
2720 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2724 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2726 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2727 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2733 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2736 output_loc_operands (loc)
2737 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2739 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2740 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2742 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2744 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2746 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2750 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2754 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2758 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2760 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2767 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2768 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2772 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2785 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2786 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2787 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2788 only doing unwinding. */
2793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2799 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2804 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2805 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2839 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2845 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2848 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2849 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2854 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2855 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2859 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2864 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2867 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2868 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2870 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2872 /* Output the opcode. */
2873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
2874 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2876 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2877 output_loc_operands (loc);
2881 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2882 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2885 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2888 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2891 /* Output the size of the block. */
2892 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2893 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
2896 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2897 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2900 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2901 a dw_cfa_location. */
2903 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2905 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2907 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2909 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2912 if (cfa->base_offset)
2915 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2917 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2919 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2920 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2922 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2924 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2925 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2926 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2927 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2929 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2930 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2936 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
2937 descriptor sequence. */
2940 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2941 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2942 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2944 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2946 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2950 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2952 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2988 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2991 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3025 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3026 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3029 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3030 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3035 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3036 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3039 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3040 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3044 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3046 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3047 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3049 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
3050 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
3051 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3052 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3053 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3054 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3055 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3056 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3057 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3058 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3059 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3061 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3063 struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3069 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3070 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3071 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3072 dwarf2out_end_block,
3073 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3074 dwarf2out_source_line,
3075 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3076 debug_nothing_int, /* end_prologue */
3077 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3078 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3079 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3080 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3081 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3082 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3083 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3084 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3085 something tries to reference them. */
3086 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3087 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3090 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3091 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3092 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3094 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3095 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3096 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3097 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3099 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3100 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3102 typedef long int dw_offset;
3104 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3106 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3107 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3108 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3109 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3110 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3112 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3113 line number associated with the label generated for that
3114 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3115 the line number entry. */
3117 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3119 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3120 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3124 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3126 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3128 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3129 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3130 unsigned long function;
3132 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3134 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3135 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3136 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3138 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3140 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3141 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3142 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3146 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3148 typedef struct die_struct
3150 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3152 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3153 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3154 dw_die_ref die_child;
3156 dw_offset die_offset;
3157 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3162 /* The pubname structure */
3164 typedef struct pubname_struct
3171 struct dw_ranges_struct
3176 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3177 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3181 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3185 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3186 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3187 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3190 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3191 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3193 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3194 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3195 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3196 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3197 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3198 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3200 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3201 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3202 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3203 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3204 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3205 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3206 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3207 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3208 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3209 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3211 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3212 language, and compiler version. */
3214 extern int flag_traditional;
3216 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3217 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3219 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3220 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3222 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3223 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3225 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3226 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3227 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3228 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3230 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3231 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3232 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3233 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3234 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3236 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3237 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3238 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3239 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3241 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3245 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3246 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3247 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3248 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3249 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3250 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3251 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3252 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3255 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3256 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3257 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3259 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3260 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3262 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3263 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3265 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3266 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3267 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3268 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3269 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3271 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3272 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3273 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3275 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3276 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3278 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3279 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3281 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3287 unsigned last_lookup_index;
3290 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3292 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3294 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3295 static struct file_table file_table;
3297 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3299 static const char *primary_filename;
3301 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3302 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3303 number identifying each decl. */
3304 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3306 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3307 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3309 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3310 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3312 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3314 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3316 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3317 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3318 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3319 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3320 define type declaration DIE's. */
3321 varray_type decl_scope_table;
3323 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3324 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3325 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3326 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3328 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3329 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3331 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3332 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3334 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3335 abbrev_die_table. */
3336 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3338 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3339 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3340 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3342 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3343 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3345 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3346 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3348 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3349 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3350 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3352 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3353 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3355 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3356 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3358 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3360 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3362 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3363 accessible names. */
3364 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3366 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3367 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3369 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3370 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3372 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3374 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3376 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3377 static dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3379 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3380 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3382 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3383 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3385 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3387 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3389 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3390 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3392 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3393 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3395 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3396 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3398 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3400 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3402 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3403 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3405 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3406 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3407 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
3408 varray_type incomplete_types;
3410 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3411 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3412 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3413 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3416 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3417 must be kept around forever. This is a GC root. */
3418 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3420 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3422 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3423 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3424 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3425 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3426 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3427 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3429 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3431 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3432 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3433 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3434 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3435 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3436 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3437 enum dwarf_attribute,
3439 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3440 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3441 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3442 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3443 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3444 enum dwarf_attribute,
3446 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3447 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3448 enum dwarf_attribute,
3451 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3452 enum dwarf_attribute,
3454 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3455 enum dwarf_attribute,
3457 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3458 static int AT_string_form PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3459 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3460 enum dwarf_attribute,
3462 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3463 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3464 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
3465 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3466 enum dwarf_attribute,
3468 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3469 enum dwarf_attribute,
3471 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3472 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3473 enum dwarf_attribute,
3475 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3476 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3477 enum dwarf_attribute,
3479 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3480 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3481 enum dwarf_attribute,
3483 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3484 enum dwarf_attribute,
3486 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3487 enum dwarf_attribute,
3489 static void add_AT_range_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3490 enum dwarf_attribute,
3492 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3493 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3494 enum dwarf_attribute));
3495 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3496 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3497 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3498 enum dwarf_attribute));
3499 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3500 enum dwarf_attribute));
3501 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3502 enum dwarf_attribute));
3503 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3504 enum dwarf_attribute));
3505 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3506 static int is_cxx PARAMS ((void));
3507 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3508 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3509 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3510 enum dwarf_attribute));
3511 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3512 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3513 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3514 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref,
3516 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3517 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3518 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3519 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3520 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3521 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3522 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3523 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3524 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3525 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3526 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3527 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3529 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref,
3531 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3533 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3534 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3535 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3536 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3537 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3538 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3539 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3540 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3541 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3542 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3543 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3544 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3545 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3546 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3547 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3548 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3549 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3550 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3551 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3552 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3553 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3554 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3555 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3556 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3557 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3558 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3559 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3560 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3561 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3562 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3563 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3564 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3565 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3566 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3567 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3568 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3569 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3570 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3571 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3572 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3573 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3574 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3575 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3576 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3577 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3578 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3579 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3580 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3581 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3582 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3583 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3584 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3585 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3586 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3587 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3588 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3589 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3590 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3591 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3592 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3593 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3594 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3595 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3596 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3597 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3598 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3599 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3600 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3601 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3602 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3603 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3604 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3605 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3606 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3607 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3608 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3609 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3611 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3612 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3614 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3616 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3617 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3619 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3621 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3622 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3623 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3624 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3625 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3626 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3627 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3628 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3629 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3630 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3631 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3632 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3633 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3634 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3635 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3636 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3637 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3638 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3639 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3640 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3641 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3642 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3643 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3644 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3645 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3646 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3647 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3648 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3649 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3650 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3651 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3652 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3653 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3654 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3655 const char *, const char *,
3656 const char *, unsigned));
3657 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3659 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3660 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3661 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3662 static void mark_limbo_die_list PARAMS ((void *));
3664 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3665 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3666 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3668 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3669 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3671 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3672 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3674 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3675 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3677 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3678 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3680 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3681 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3683 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3684 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3686 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3687 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3689 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3690 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3693 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3694 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3695 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3698 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3699 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3700 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3701 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3703 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3706 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3707 the section names themselves. */
3709 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3710 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3712 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3713 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3715 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3716 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3718 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3719 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3721 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3722 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3724 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3725 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3727 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3728 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3731 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3732 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3733 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3734 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3735 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3737 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3738 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3739 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3740 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3741 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3742 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3743 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3744 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3746 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3747 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3749 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3750 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3752 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3753 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3755 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3756 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3758 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3759 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3761 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3762 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3764 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3765 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3767 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3768 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3770 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3771 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3774 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3775 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3777 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3780 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3781 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3783 demangle_name_func = func;
3786 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3792 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3793 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3794 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3797 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3801 type_main_variant (type)
3804 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3806 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3807 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3808 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3809 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3811 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3812 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3813 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3818 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3821 is_tagged_type (type)
3824 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3826 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3827 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3830 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3833 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3838 case DW_TAG_padding:
3839 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3840 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3841 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3842 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3843 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3844 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3845 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3846 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3847 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3848 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3849 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3850 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3851 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3853 return "DW_TAG_label";
3854 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3855 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3857 return "DW_TAG_member";
3858 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3859 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3860 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3861 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3862 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3863 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3864 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3865 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3866 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3867 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3868 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3869 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3870 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3871 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3872 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3873 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3874 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3875 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3876 case DW_TAG_variant:
3877 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3878 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3879 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3880 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3881 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3882 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3883 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3884 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3885 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3887 return "DW_TAG_module";
3888 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3889 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3890 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3891 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3892 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3893 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3894 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3895 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3896 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3897 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3898 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3899 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3900 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3901 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3902 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3903 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3904 case DW_TAG_constant:
3905 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3906 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3907 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3908 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3909 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3911 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3912 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3913 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3914 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3915 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3916 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3917 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3918 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3919 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3920 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3921 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3922 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3923 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3924 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3925 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3926 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3927 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3928 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3929 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3930 case DW_TAG_variable:
3931 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3932 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3933 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3934 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3935 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3936 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3937 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3938 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3939 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3940 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3941 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3942 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3943 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3944 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3945 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3947 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3951 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3954 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3960 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3961 case DW_AT_location:
3962 return "DW_AT_location";
3964 return "DW_AT_name";
3965 case DW_AT_ordering:
3966 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3967 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3968 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3969 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3970 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3971 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3972 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3973 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3974 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3975 case DW_AT_element_list:
3976 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3977 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3978 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3980 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3982 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3983 case DW_AT_language:
3984 return "DW_AT_language";
3986 return "DW_AT_member";
3988 return "DW_AT_discr";
3989 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3990 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3991 case DW_AT_visibility:
3992 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3994 return "DW_AT_import";
3995 case DW_AT_string_length:
3996 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3997 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3998 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3999 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4000 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4001 case DW_AT_const_value:
4002 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4003 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4004 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4005 case DW_AT_default_value:
4006 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4008 return "DW_AT_inline";
4009 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4010 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4011 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4012 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4013 case DW_AT_producer:
4014 return "DW_AT_producer";
4015 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4016 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4017 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4018 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4019 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4020 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4021 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4022 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4023 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4024 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4025 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4026 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4027 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4028 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4029 case DW_AT_address_class:
4030 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4031 case DW_AT_artificial:
4032 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4033 case DW_AT_base_types:
4034 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4035 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4036 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4038 return "DW_AT_count";
4039 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4040 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4041 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4042 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4043 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4044 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4045 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4046 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4047 case DW_AT_declaration:
4048 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4049 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4050 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4051 case DW_AT_encoding:
4052 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4053 case DW_AT_external:
4054 return "DW_AT_external";
4055 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4056 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4058 return "DW_AT_friend";
4059 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4060 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4061 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4062 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4063 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4064 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4065 case DW_AT_priority:
4066 return "DW_AT_priority";
4068 return "DW_AT_segment";
4069 case DW_AT_specification:
4070 return "DW_AT_specification";
4071 case DW_AT_static_link:
4072 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4074 return "DW_AT_type";
4075 case DW_AT_use_location:
4076 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4077 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4078 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4079 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4080 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4081 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4082 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4084 case DW_AT_allocated:
4085 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4086 case DW_AT_associated:
4087 return "DW_AT_associated";
4088 case DW_AT_data_location:
4089 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4091 return "DW_AT_stride";
4092 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4093 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4094 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4095 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4096 case DW_AT_extension:
4097 return "DW_AT_extension";
4099 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4100 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4101 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4102 case DW_AT_call_column:
4103 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4104 case DW_AT_call_file:
4105 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4106 case DW_AT_call_line:
4107 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4109 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4110 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4111 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4112 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4113 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4114 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4115 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4116 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4117 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4118 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4119 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4120 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4121 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4122 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4123 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4124 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4125 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4126 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4127 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4128 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4129 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4130 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4132 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4133 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4134 case DW_AT_src_info:
4135 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4136 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4137 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4138 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4139 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4140 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4141 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4142 case DW_AT_body_end:
4143 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4144 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4145 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4148 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4152 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4155 dwarf_form_name (form)
4161 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4162 case DW_FORM_block2:
4163 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4164 case DW_FORM_block4:
4165 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4167 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4169 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4171 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4172 case DW_FORM_string:
4173 return "DW_FORM_string";
4175 return "DW_FORM_block";
4176 case DW_FORM_block1:
4177 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4179 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4181 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4183 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4185 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4187 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4188 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4189 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4191 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4193 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4195 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4197 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4198 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4199 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4200 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4201 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4203 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4207 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4211 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4216 case DW_ATE_address:
4217 return "DW_ATE_address";
4218 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4219 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4220 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4221 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4223 return "DW_ATE_float";
4225 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4226 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4227 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4228 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4229 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4230 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4231 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4233 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4238 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4239 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4240 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4241 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4245 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4248 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4249 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4250 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4251 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4254 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4255 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4256 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4257 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4261 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4264 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4265 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4266 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4267 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4271 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4274 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4276 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4277 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4278 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4279 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4282 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4287 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4291 ret_val = lookahead;
4292 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4293 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4295 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4301 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4302 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4306 decl_class_context (decl)
4309 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4311 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4312 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4314 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4315 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4317 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4318 context = NULL_TREE;
4323 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4324 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4327 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4331 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4333 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4334 die->die_attr = attr;
4338 static inline dw_val_class
4342 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4345 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4348 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4350 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4353 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4355 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4356 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4357 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4358 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4359 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4362 static inline unsigned
4366 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4367 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4372 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4375 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4377 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4380 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4382 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4383 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4384 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4385 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4386 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4389 static inline long int
4393 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4394 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4399 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4402 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4404 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4405 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4407 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4409 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4410 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4411 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4412 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4413 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4416 static inline unsigned long
4420 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4421 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4426 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4429 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4431 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4432 unsigned long val_hi;
4433 unsigned long val_low;
4435 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4437 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4438 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4439 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4440 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4441 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4442 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4445 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4448 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4450 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4454 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4456 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4457 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4458 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4459 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4460 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4461 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4464 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4467 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4469 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4472 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4473 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4475 if (! debug_str_hash)
4477 debug_str_hash = ht_create (10);
4478 debug_str_hash->alloc_node = indirect_string_alloc;
4481 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
4482 ht_lookup (debug_str_hash, (const unsigned char *) str,
4483 strlen (str), HT_ALLOC);
4486 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4487 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4488 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4489 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4490 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4493 static inline const char *
4497 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4498 return (const char *) HT_STR (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->id);
4503 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4504 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4510 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4512 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4514 extern int const_labelno;
4517 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4521 len = HT_LEN (&node->id) + 1;
4523 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4524 always better to put it inline. */
4525 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4526 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4528 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4529 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4531 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4532 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4533 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
4537 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4539 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4545 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4548 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4550 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4551 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4553 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4555 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4556 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4557 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4558 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4559 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4560 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4563 static inline dw_die_ref
4567 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4568 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4577 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4578 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4584 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4588 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4589 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4594 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4597 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4599 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4602 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4604 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4605 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4606 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4607 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4608 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4611 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4614 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4616 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4617 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4619 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4621 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4622 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4623 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4624 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4625 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4628 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4632 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4633 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4639 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4641 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4642 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4644 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4646 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4647 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4648 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4649 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4650 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4651 have_location_lists = 1;
4654 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4658 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4659 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4664 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4667 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4669 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4672 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4674 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4675 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4676 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4677 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4678 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4685 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4686 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4691 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4694 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4696 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4699 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4701 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4702 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4703 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4704 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4705 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4708 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4711 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4713 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4716 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4718 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4719 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4720 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4721 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4722 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4725 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4728 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4730 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4731 unsigned long offset;
4733 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4735 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4736 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4737 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4738 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4739 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4742 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4745 add_AT_range_list (die, attr_kind, offset)
4747 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4748 unsigned long offset;
4750 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4752 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4753 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4754 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4755 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4756 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4759 static inline const char *
4763 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4764 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4765 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4770 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4772 static inline dw_attr_ref
4773 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4775 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4778 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4782 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4783 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4785 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4786 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4790 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4796 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4797 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4798 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4800 static inline const char *
4804 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4806 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4809 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4810 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4811 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4813 static inline const char *
4817 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4819 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4822 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4823 NULL if it is not present. */
4825 static inline const char *
4826 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4828 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4830 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4832 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4835 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4836 if it is not present. */
4839 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4841 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4843 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4845 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4848 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4849 if it is not present. */
4851 static inline unsigned
4852 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4854 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4856 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4858 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4861 static inline dw_die_ref
4862 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4864 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4866 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4868 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4874 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4876 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4877 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4883 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
4884 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4890 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4892 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4898 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4900 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4903 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4905 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4910 switch (AT_class (a))
4912 case dw_val_class_str:
4913 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
4914 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
4917 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4918 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4919 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
4922 case dw_val_class_float:
4923 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4933 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4936 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4938 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4941 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4945 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4946 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4949 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4958 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4964 remove_children (die);
4968 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4971 remove_children (die)
4974 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4976 die->die_child = NULL;
4978 while (child_die != NULL)
4980 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4983 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4985 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4987 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4989 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4997 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4998 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5001 add_child_die (die, child_die)
5003 dw_die_ref child_die;
5005 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5007 if (die == child_die)
5010 child_die->die_parent = die;
5011 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5012 die->die_child = child_die;
5016 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5017 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5020 splice_child_die (parent, child)
5021 dw_die_ref parent, child;
5025 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5026 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5027 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5029 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5035 if (child->die_parent != parent
5036 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5039 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5042 *p = child->die_sib;
5046 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5047 parent->die_child = child;
5050 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5052 static inline dw_die_ref
5053 new_die (tag_value, parent_die, t)
5054 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
5055 dw_die_ref parent_die;
5058 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
5060 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5062 if (parent_die != NULL)
5063 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5066 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5068 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5069 limbo_node->die = die;
5070 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5071 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5072 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5078 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5080 static inline dw_die_ref
5081 lookup_type_die (type)
5084 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
5085 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
5087 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
5090 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5093 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
5095 dw_die_ref type_die;
5097 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
5100 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5102 static inline dw_die_ref
5103 lookup_decl_die (decl)
5106 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5108 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5111 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5114 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
5116 dw_die_ref decl_die;
5118 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5119 unsigned num_allocated;
5121 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5124 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5125 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5126 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5129 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
5130 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5132 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5133 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5134 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5137 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5138 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5140 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5143 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5144 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5145 the DIE internal representation. */
5146 static int print_indent;
5148 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5151 print_spaces (outfile)
5154 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5157 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5158 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5161 print_die (die, outfile)
5168 print_spaces (outfile);
5169 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5170 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5171 print_spaces (outfile);
5172 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5173 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5175 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5177 print_spaces (outfile);
5178 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5180 switch (AT_class (a))
5182 case dw_val_class_addr:
5183 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5185 case dw_val_class_offset:
5186 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5188 case dw_val_class_loc:
5189 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5191 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5192 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5193 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5195 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5196 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5198 case dw_val_class_const:
5199 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5201 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5202 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5204 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5205 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5206 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5207 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5209 case dw_val_class_float:
5210 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5212 case dw_val_class_flag:
5213 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5215 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5216 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5218 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5219 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5221 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5224 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5226 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5227 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5228 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5230 case dw_val_class_str:
5231 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5232 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5234 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5240 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5243 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5246 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5247 print_die (c, outfile);
5251 if (print_indent == 0)
5252 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5255 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5256 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5259 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5263 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5265 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5266 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5268 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5269 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5270 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
5271 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5272 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5275 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5278 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5281 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5284 print_die (die, stderr);
5287 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5288 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5294 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5295 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5296 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5299 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5300 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5301 they are in order of addition. */
5304 reverse_die_lists (die)
5307 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5308 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5310 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5312 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5313 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5319 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5326 die->die_child = cp;
5329 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5330 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5331 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5332 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5333 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5336 reverse_all_dies (die)
5341 reverse_die_lists (die);
5343 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5344 reverse_all_dies (c);
5347 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5348 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5349 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5352 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5353 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5355 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5356 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5358 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5362 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5365 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5366 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5368 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5370 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5374 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5375 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5377 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5380 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5381 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5382 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5384 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5385 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5386 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5389 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5392 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5394 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5396 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5399 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5401 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5402 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5403 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5404 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5405 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5408 switch (AT_class (at))
5410 case dw_val_class_const:
5411 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5413 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5414 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5416 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5417 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5419 case dw_val_class_float:
5420 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5422 case dw_val_class_flag:
5423 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5425 case dw_val_class_str:
5426 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5429 case dw_val_class_addr:
5431 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5434 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5442 case dw_val_class_offset:
5443 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5446 case dw_val_class_loc:
5447 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5448 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5451 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5452 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5453 CHECKSUM (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5454 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5456 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5457 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5458 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5466 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5469 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5471 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5476 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5478 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5479 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5481 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5482 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5486 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5488 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5490 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5492 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5493 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5495 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5496 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5499 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5500 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5502 const char *base = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5503 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5506 unsigned char checksum[16];
5509 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5510 the name filename of the unit. */
5512 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5513 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5514 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5516 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5517 clean_symbol_name (name);
5519 p = name + strlen (name);
5520 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5522 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5526 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5527 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5530 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5536 switch (die->die_tag)
5538 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5539 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5540 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5541 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5542 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5543 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5544 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5545 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5546 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5547 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5548 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5549 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5550 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5551 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5552 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5553 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5554 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5561 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5562 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5563 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5564 compilations (functions). */
5570 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5571 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5572 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5573 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5575 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5578 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5579 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5580 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5581 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5583 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5585 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5588 return is_type_die (c);
5591 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5592 compilation unit. */
5598 return (is_type_die (c)
5599 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5600 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5604 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5608 static int label_num;
5610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5611 return xstrdup (buf);
5614 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5617 assign_symbol_names (die)
5622 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5624 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5626 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5628 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5629 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5630 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5633 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5636 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5637 assign_symbol_names (c);
5640 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5641 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5642 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5645 break_out_includes (die)
5649 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5650 limbo_die_node *node;
5652 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5654 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5656 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5657 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5659 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5662 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5664 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5667 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5669 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5673 add_child_die (unit, c);
5677 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5678 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5684 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5685 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5690 assign_symbol_names (die);
5691 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5693 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5694 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5698 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5699 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5700 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5703 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5708 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5709 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5710 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5711 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5713 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5714 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5717 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5720 output_location_lists (die)
5726 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5727 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
5728 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
5730 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5731 output_location_lists (c);
5734 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5735 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5736 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
5737 die are visited recursively. */
5740 build_abbrev_table (die)
5743 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5744 unsigned int n_alloc;
5746 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5748 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5749 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5750 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5751 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5752 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5754 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5757 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5760 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5762 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5764 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5766 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5768 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5769 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5771 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5773 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5774 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5777 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5778 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5781 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5787 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5789 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5791 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5793 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5794 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5796 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5797 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5798 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5801 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5802 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5805 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5806 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5807 build_abbrev_table (c);
5810 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5813 constant_size (value)
5814 long unsigned value;
5821 log = floor_log2 (value);
5824 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5829 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
5830 .debug_info section. */
5832 static unsigned long
5836 unsigned long size = 0;
5839 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5840 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5842 switch (AT_class (a))
5844 case dw_val_class_addr:
5845 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5847 case dw_val_class_offset:
5848 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5850 case dw_val_class_loc:
5852 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5855 size += constant_size (lsize);
5859 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5860 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5862 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5863 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5865 case dw_val_class_const:
5866 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5868 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5869 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5871 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5872 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
5874 case dw_val_class_float:
5875 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5877 case dw_val_class_flag:
5880 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5881 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5883 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5884 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5886 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5887 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5889 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5890 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5892 case dw_val_class_str:
5893 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
5894 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5896 size += HT_LEN (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->id) + 1;
5906 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
5907 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
5908 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
5909 die_offset field in each DIE. */
5912 calc_die_sizes (die)
5917 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5918 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5920 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5923 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5924 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5925 next_die_offset += 1;
5928 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5929 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5930 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5931 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5940 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5944 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5953 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5957 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5958 compilation unit. */
5960 static unsigned long
5966 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5967 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
5969 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5970 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
5973 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5977 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5979 static unsigned long
5984 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5986 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5987 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5988 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5990 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5991 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5995 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5997 static enum dwarf_form
6001 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6003 case dw_val_class_addr:
6004 return DW_FORM_addr;
6005 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6006 case dw_val_class_offset:
6007 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6008 return DW_FORM_data4;
6009 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6010 return DW_FORM_data8;
6012 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6013 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6014 .debug_loc section */
6015 return DW_FORM_data4;
6016 case dw_val_class_loc:
6017 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6020 return DW_FORM_block1;
6022 return DW_FORM_block2;
6026 case dw_val_class_const:
6027 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6028 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6029 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6032 return DW_FORM_data1;
6034 return DW_FORM_data2;
6036 return DW_FORM_data4;
6038 return DW_FORM_data8;
6042 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6043 return DW_FORM_block1;
6044 case dw_val_class_float:
6045 return DW_FORM_block1;
6046 case dw_val_class_flag:
6047 return DW_FORM_flag;
6048 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6049 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6050 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6053 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6054 return DW_FORM_data;
6055 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6056 return DW_FORM_addr;
6057 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6058 return DW_FORM_data;
6059 case dw_val_class_str:
6060 return AT_string_form (a);
6067 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6070 output_value_format (a)
6073 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6078 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6082 output_abbrev_section ()
6084 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6088 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6090 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6092 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6094 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6096 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6097 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6101 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6102 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6105 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6106 output_value_format (a_attr);
6109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6113 /* Terminate the table. */
6114 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6117 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6120 output_die_symbol (die)
6123 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6128 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6129 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6130 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6132 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6134 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6137 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6138 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6139 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6141 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6142 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
6143 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6146 const char *section;
6149 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6150 = (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6152 retlist->begin = begin;
6154 retlist->expr = expr;
6155 retlist->section = section;
6157 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6162 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6165 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6166 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6167 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6170 const char *section;
6174 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6175 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6178 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6179 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6182 /* Output the location list given to us */
6185 output_loc_list (list_head)
6186 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6188 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6190 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6192 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6193 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6194 in more than one section. */
6195 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6197 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6198 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6199 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6200 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6201 "Location list base address specifier base");
6204 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
6208 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6209 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6210 list_head->ll_symbol);
6211 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6212 "Location list end address (%s)",
6213 list_head->ll_symbol);
6214 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6216 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6219 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6221 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6224 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6225 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6226 list_head->ll_symbol);
6227 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6228 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6229 list_head->ll_symbol);
6232 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6233 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6243 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6244 them to point to. */
6245 if (die->die_symbol)
6246 output_die_symbol (die);
6248 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6249 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6251 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6253 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6255 switch (AT_class (a))
6257 case dw_val_class_addr:
6258 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6261 case dw_val_class_offset:
6262 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6266 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6268 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6270 sprintf (p, "+0x%lx", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6271 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6277 case dw_val_class_loc:
6278 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6280 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6281 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6283 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6286 case dw_val_class_const:
6287 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6288 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6289 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6290 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6293 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6294 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6295 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6298 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6300 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6302 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6303 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6306 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6308 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6309 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6313 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6314 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6317 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6318 first, "long long constant");
6319 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6324 case dw_val_class_float:
6328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6331 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6332 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6333 "fp constant word %u", i);
6337 case dw_val_class_flag:
6338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6341 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6343 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6347 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6348 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6352 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6353 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6355 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6359 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6361 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6364 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6373 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6374 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6378 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6379 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6382 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6383 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6386 case dw_val_class_str:
6387 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6388 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6389 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6390 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6392 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6400 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6403 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6404 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6405 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6409 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6410 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6413 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6415 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6416 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6417 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6418 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6419 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6420 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6423 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6426 output_comp_unit (die)
6429 const char *secname;
6431 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6432 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6433 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6434 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6435 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6438 build_abbrev_table (die);
6440 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6441 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6442 calc_die_sizes (die);
6444 if (die->die_symbol)
6446 char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6448 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6450 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6453 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6455 /* Output debugging information. */
6456 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6457 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6460 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6462 if (die->die_symbol)
6466 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6467 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6468 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6471 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6475 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6478 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6481 add_pubname (decl, die)
6487 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6490 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6492 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6494 = (pubname_ref) xrealloc (pubname_table,
6495 (pubname_table_allocated
6496 * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6499 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6501 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6504 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6505 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6506 visible procedures. */
6512 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6514 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6515 "Length of Public Names Info");
6516 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6517 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6518 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6519 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6520 "Compilation Unit Length");
6522 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6524 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6526 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6527 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6530 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6533 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6536 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6539 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6542 add_arange (decl, die)
6546 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6549 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6551 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6552 arange_table = (dw_die_ref *)
6553 xrealloc (arange_table, arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6556 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6559 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6560 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6561 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6567 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6569 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6570 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6571 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6572 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6573 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6575 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6577 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6578 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6580 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6582 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6583 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6584 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6588 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6589 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6590 text_section_label, "Length");
6592 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
6594 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6596 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6597 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6600 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6602 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6604 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6605 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6609 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6610 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6611 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6612 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6613 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6615 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6619 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6622 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6623 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6624 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6625 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6630 /* Output the terminator words. */
6631 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6632 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6635 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6642 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
6644 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
6646 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6647 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
6648 xrealloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
6649 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
6652 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
6653 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
6655 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6662 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
6663 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
6665 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
6667 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
6671 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6672 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6674 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
6675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
6677 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6678 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6679 base of the text section. */
6680 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6682 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6684 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6685 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
6686 text_section_label, NULL);
6689 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6690 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6691 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6692 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6695 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6696 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6697 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6705 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6711 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6714 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
6715 char *fname; /* File name part. */
6716 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
6717 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
6718 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
6721 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6725 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
6726 int length; /* Path length. */
6727 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6728 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6729 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6730 int used; /* Used in the end? */
6733 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6734 the directories in the path. */
6737 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
6741 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
6742 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
6746 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
6747 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
6748 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
6749 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
6750 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
6751 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
6752 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
6754 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
6755 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
6761 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
6762 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
6763 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
6764 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
6765 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
6767 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6768 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
6773 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6774 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6775 slowdowns with many input files. */
6778 output_file_names ()
6780 struct file_info *files;
6781 struct dir_info *dirs;
6790 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6791 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6792 * sizeof (struct file_info));
6793 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6794 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
6796 /* Sort the file names. */
6797 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
6801 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6802 f = file_table.table[i];
6803 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
6806 /* Create a new array entry. */
6808 files[i].length = strlen (f);
6809 files[i].file_idx = i;
6811 /* Search for the file name part. */
6812 f = strrchr (f, '/');
6813 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
6816 qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
6818 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6819 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
6820 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
6821 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
6823 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
6825 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
6828 for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
6829 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
6830 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
6831 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
6833 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6834 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
6835 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
6841 /* This is a new directory. */
6842 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
6843 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
6844 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
6845 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
6846 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
6847 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
6849 /* Search for a prefix. */
6850 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
6851 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
6852 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
6853 && dirs[j].length > 1
6854 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
6855 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
6856 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
6857 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
6862 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
6863 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
6864 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
6865 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
6866 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
6867 results in most cases and never is much off. */
6868 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6869 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6871 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
6872 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
6877 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
6878 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
6879 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
6880 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
6882 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
6885 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
6887 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6892 while (k != -1 && k != i)
6897 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6898 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6900 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
6901 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
6906 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6908 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
6910 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6911 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
6912 if (savehere[j] > 0)
6914 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6915 saved[j] = savehere[j];
6917 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6918 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
6923 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
6924 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
6925 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
6926 backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
6927 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
6929 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
6931 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6932 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
6935 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
6936 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
6937 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
6938 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
6939 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6941 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
6942 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
6943 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
6945 dirs[i].used = idx++;
6946 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
6947 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
6950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6952 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6954 if (idx_offset == 0)
6957 /* Now write all the file names. */
6958 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; i++)
6960 int file_idx = backmap[i];
6961 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
6963 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
6964 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
6966 /* Include directory index. */
6967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
6969 /* Modification time. */
6970 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6972 /* File length in bytes. */
6973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6980 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6981 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6986 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
6987 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6988 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6991 unsigned long lt_index;
6992 unsigned long current_line;
6995 unsigned long current_file;
6996 unsigned long function;
6998 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
6999 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7000 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7003 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7004 "Length of Source Line Info");
7005 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7007 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7008 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7009 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7011 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH,
7012 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7014 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7016 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7018 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7019 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7020 "Special Opcode Base");
7022 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7026 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7027 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7028 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7029 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7030 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7038 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7042 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7043 output_file_names ();
7044 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7046 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7047 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7048 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7050 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7051 a series of state machine operations. */
7054 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7055 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7057 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7060 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7061 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7064 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7065 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7066 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7067 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7068 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7072 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7074 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7075 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7076 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7077 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7078 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7079 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7081 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7084 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7086 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7087 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7091 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7092 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7094 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7096 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7099 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7101 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7102 different from the previous line. */
7103 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7105 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7107 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7108 file_table.table[current_file]);
7111 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7112 that uses the least amount of space. */
7113 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7115 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7116 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7117 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7118 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7119 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7120 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7122 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7123 "line %lu", current_line);
7126 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7127 depending on the value being encoded. */
7128 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7129 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7130 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7135 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7139 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7142 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7143 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7144 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7149 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7150 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7151 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7154 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7161 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7163 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7164 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7167 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7168 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7169 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7170 && line_info->function == function)
7174 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7175 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7176 to handle it differently. */
7177 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7179 if (function != line_info->function)
7181 function = line_info->function;
7183 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7184 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7185 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7187 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7191 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7194 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7195 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7196 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7201 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7202 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7203 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7207 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7209 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7210 different from the previous line. */
7211 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7213 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7214 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7215 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7216 file_table.table[current_file]);
7219 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7220 that uses the least amount of space. */
7221 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7223 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7224 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7225 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7226 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7228 "line %lu", current_line);
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7232 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7233 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7234 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7246 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7247 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7248 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7253 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7254 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7257 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7258 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7259 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7263 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7266 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7269 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7276 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7277 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7280 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7281 a DIE that describes the given type.
7283 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7284 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7287 base_type_die (type)
7290 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7291 const char *type_name;
7292 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7293 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7295 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7300 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7301 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7303 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7306 type_name = "__unknown__";
7308 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7311 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7312 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7313 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7315 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7316 && (type == char_type_node
7317 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7318 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7320 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7321 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7323 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7326 /* else fall through. */
7329 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7330 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7331 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7333 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7337 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7340 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7341 a user defined type for it. */
7343 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7344 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7346 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7350 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7351 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7355 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7359 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7360 if (demangle_name_func)
7361 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7363 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7364 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7365 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7366 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7368 return base_type_result;
7371 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7372 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7373 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7374 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7375 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7376 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7377 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7378 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7384 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7385 return error_mark_node;
7387 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7390 return error_mark_node;
7393 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7394 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7397 return type_main_variant (type);
7401 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7402 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7408 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7423 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7428 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7442 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7443 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7446 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7449 int is_volatile_type;
7450 dw_die_ref context_die;
7452 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7453 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7454 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7455 tree item_type = NULL;
7457 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7459 tree qualified_type;
7461 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7464 = get_qualified_type (type,
7465 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7467 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7469 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7472 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7474 return mod_type_die;
7477 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7478 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7479 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7480 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7482 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7483 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7485 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7487 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7488 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7489 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7491 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7492 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7493 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7494 type to which it refers. */
7496 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7497 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7500 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7506 else if (is_const_type)
7508 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7509 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7511 else if (is_volatile_type)
7513 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7514 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7516 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7518 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7519 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7521 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7523 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7525 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7527 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7528 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7530 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7532 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7534 else if (is_base_type (type))
7535 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7538 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7540 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7541 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7542 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7543 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7544 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7546 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7547 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7551 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7553 type = qualified_type;
7556 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7558 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7559 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7560 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7561 types are possible in Ada. */
7562 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7563 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7564 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7567 if (sub_die != NULL)
7568 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7570 return mod_type_die;
7573 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7574 an enumerated type. */
7580 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7583 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7589 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7591 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7594 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7597 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7598 zero if there is no such. */
7600 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7601 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7604 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7607 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7610 reg = reg_number (rtl);
7612 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7614 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7619 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7621 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7622 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7625 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7627 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7628 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7632 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7635 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7637 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7647 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7649 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7650 || i >= -0x80000000)
7656 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7659 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7661 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7662 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7666 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7667 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7668 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7670 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7671 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7672 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7675 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7677 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7679 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7684 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7690 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7691 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7692 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7693 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7696 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7697 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7698 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7699 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7701 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7702 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7703 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7704 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7706 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7707 autoincrement addressing modes.
7709 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
7711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7712 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7714 enum machine_mode mode;
7716 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7718 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7719 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7720 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7721 zeroth element of the array. */
7723 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7724 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7727 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7732 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7733 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7735 /* ... fall through ... */
7738 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7739 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7740 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7741 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7742 contains the given subreg. */
7743 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7745 /* ... fall through ... */
7748 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7749 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7750 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7751 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7752 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7753 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7754 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7755 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7756 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7757 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7758 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7759 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7760 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7761 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7762 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7766 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7767 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
7768 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
7772 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7773 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7777 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7778 by a different symbol. */
7779 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
7781 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant (rtl);
7783 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
7787 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7788 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7789 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7790 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
7794 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7796 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
7801 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7803 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7804 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7805 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7806 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7808 /* ... fall through ... */
7812 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7813 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7814 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7817 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7818 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
7821 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7822 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7823 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7824 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7825 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7828 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7829 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7830 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7831 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7838 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7839 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7840 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7841 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
7843 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
7846 mem_loc_result = op0;
7847 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
7848 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7853 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7860 return mem_loc_result;
7863 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7864 This is typically a complex variable. */
7866 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7867 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7870 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7871 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
7872 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
7874 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
7877 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
7878 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7879 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
7880 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7882 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
7883 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7884 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
7885 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7887 return cc_loc_result;
7890 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7891 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7892 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7893 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7894 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
7896 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
7898 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7899 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7902 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7904 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7907 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7908 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7909 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7910 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7911 contains the given subreg. */
7912 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7914 /* ... fall through ... */
7917 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7921 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7925 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7935 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
7936 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
7937 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
7938 descriptor, return 0. */
7940 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7941 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7945 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
7947 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7948 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7950 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7951 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7954 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7959 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
7960 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
7961 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7962 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7963 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7964 the names of types. */
7970 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7971 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
7973 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7975 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7977 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7978 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7979 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7984 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7987 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7990 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7996 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8001 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8005 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8006 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8008 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8013 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8016 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8017 enum machine_mode mode;
8020 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8021 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8026 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8028 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8031 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8033 /* Variable offset. */
8034 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8035 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8041 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8043 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8044 else if (bytepos < 0)
8046 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8047 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8053 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8054 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8071 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8079 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8092 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8096 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8097 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8099 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8103 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8104 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8105 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8115 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8122 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8129 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8136 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8151 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8152 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8153 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8156 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8157 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8173 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8177 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8181 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8182 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8183 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8184 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8186 /* ... fall through ... */
8190 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8191 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8192 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8193 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8194 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8196 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8197 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8200 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8201 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8203 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8204 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8205 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8207 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8208 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8209 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8211 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8212 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8213 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8214 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8215 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8223 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8224 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8227 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8228 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8230 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8232 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8234 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8237 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8239 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8245 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8246 which is not less than the value itself. */
8248 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8249 ceiling (value, boundary)
8250 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8251 unsigned int boundary;
8253 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8256 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8257 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8258 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8267 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8268 return integer_type_node;
8270 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8271 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8272 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8277 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8278 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8279 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8281 static inline unsigned
8282 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8285 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8288 static inline unsigned
8289 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8292 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8295 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8296 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8297 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8298 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8301 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8302 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
8306 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8307 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8308 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8310 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8311 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8313 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8316 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8317 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8318 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8319 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8320 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8323 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8324 field_byte_offset (decl)
8327 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8328 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8329 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8330 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8332 tree field_size_tree;
8333 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8334 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8335 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8337 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8339 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8342 type = field_type (decl);
8343 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8345 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8346 a flexible array member. */
8347 if (! field_size_tree)
8348 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8350 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8351 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8352 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8353 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8356 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8358 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8359 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8360 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8362 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8364 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8365 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8366 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8368 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8369 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8370 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8371 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8372 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8373 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8374 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8375 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8377 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8379 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8380 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8381 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8382 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8383 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8384 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8385 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8386 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8387 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8388 bits of the bit-field itself.
8390 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8391 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8392 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8393 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8394 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8395 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8396 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8397 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8398 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8400 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8401 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8402 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8403 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8404 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8405 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8407 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8408 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8409 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
8411 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8412 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8413 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8415 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8416 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
8417 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
8418 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
8420 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
8422 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8423 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8425 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8426 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
8427 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
8428 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
8431 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8434 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8435 associated with them. */
8437 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8439 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8440 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8441 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8444 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
8446 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
8449 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
8452 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
8455 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8456 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8457 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8458 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8459 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8460 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8463 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8464 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8465 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8466 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8467 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8468 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8469 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8470 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8471 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8475 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
8480 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
8482 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
8484 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8485 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
8487 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8488 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8489 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8490 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8492 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8494 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8496 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
8498 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
8499 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
8500 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8502 /* Extract the vtable address. */
8503 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
8504 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8506 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
8507 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
8511 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
8512 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8513 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
8514 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8516 /* Extract the offset. */
8517 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
8518 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8520 /* Add it to the object address. */
8521 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
8522 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
8525 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
8528 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
8532 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8534 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
8535 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
8536 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8538 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8539 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
8540 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
8544 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8547 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8550 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8553 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8554 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8555 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8556 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8557 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8560 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8564 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8567 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8568 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8569 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8570 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8571 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8573 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8575 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8576 if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
8577 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
8578 else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
8579 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
8582 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8583 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8584 val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
8593 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8594 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8595 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8596 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8598 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8600 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8602 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8603 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8606 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8610 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8614 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8619 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8626 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8630 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8631 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8634 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8635 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8641 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8647 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
8648 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8652 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8653 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8654 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8655 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8656 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8657 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8658 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8659 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8660 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8661 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8662 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8666 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8673 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8678 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8679 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8680 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8682 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8683 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8684 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8685 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8686 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8687 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8688 referenced within the function.
8690 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8691 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8692 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8693 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8695 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8696 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8697 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8698 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8699 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8700 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8702 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8703 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8704 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8705 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8706 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8707 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8708 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8709 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8710 output at debug-time.
8712 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8713 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8714 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8715 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8716 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8717 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8718 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8719 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8720 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8721 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8722 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8723 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8724 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8726 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8727 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
8728 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
8729 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
8730 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
8731 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
8732 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
8733 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
8736 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
8737 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
8738 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
8739 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
8740 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8741 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
8742 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
8743 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
8744 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
8745 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
8746 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
8747 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
8748 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8751 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8752 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
8754 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8756 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8758 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8759 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8761 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8762 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8763 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8764 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8765 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8766 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8767 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8768 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8769 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8770 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8773 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8774 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8775 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8776 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8777 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8778 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8780 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8781 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8782 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8783 /* Not passed in memory. */
8784 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8785 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8786 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8787 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8788 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8789 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8790 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8793 /* Big endian correction check. */
8795 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8796 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8799 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8800 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8802 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8803 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8807 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8809 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8810 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8811 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8812 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8816 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
8817 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
8818 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
8819 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
8820 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
8821 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
8826 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8827 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8828 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8829 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8830 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8831 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8832 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8833 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8834 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8835 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8838 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8844 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8846 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8849 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8850 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8853 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
8854 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
8855 code, and thus is not emitted. */
8856 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
8858 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8861 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8872 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8873 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8880 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8888 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8889 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8890 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8893 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8897 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8898 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8900 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8901 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8906 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8909 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8910 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8911 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
8913 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8914 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8915 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8922 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8923 the value of the attribute. */
8926 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8928 const char *name_string;
8930 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8932 if (demangle_name_func)
8933 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8935 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8939 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8940 a representation for that bound. */
8943 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8944 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8945 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8948 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8953 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8955 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8956 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8957 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8958 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8959 /* use the default */
8962 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8967 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8968 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8969 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8973 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8974 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8975 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8976 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8977 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8978 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8979 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8980 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8981 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8982 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8983 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8984 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8985 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8986 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8987 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
8988 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8989 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8990 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8992 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8993 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8994 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8995 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8996 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8998 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8999 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9000 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9002 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9003 it references an outer function's frame. */
9004 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9006 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9008 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9009 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9012 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9013 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9014 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9015 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9018 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9024 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9026 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9027 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9028 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9029 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9031 if (decl_die != NULL)
9032 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9038 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9039 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9041 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9042 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9044 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9048 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9049 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9051 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9053 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9054 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9055 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9056 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9058 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9064 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9065 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9068 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
9069 dw_die_ref type_die;
9072 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9073 unsigned dimension_number;
9076 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9078 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9079 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9080 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9081 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9082 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9083 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9084 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9085 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9087 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9088 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9089 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9090 gen_array_type_die. */
9091 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9092 for (dimension_number = 0;
9093 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9094 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9097 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9099 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9100 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9102 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9105 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9106 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9107 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9109 /* define the index type. */
9110 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9112 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9113 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9114 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9115 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9116 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9117 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9118 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9121 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9125 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9126 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9128 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9129 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9130 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9132 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9134 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9137 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9138 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9144 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
9150 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9158 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9159 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9162 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9163 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9164 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9165 even for bit-fields. */
9166 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9172 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9173 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9174 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9175 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9176 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9179 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9180 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9181 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9184 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9185 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9186 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9187 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9188 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9189 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9191 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9192 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9193 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9196 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
9200 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9201 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9202 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9203 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9204 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9205 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9207 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9209 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9212 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9213 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9214 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9215 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9216 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9219 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9221 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9222 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9223 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9224 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9225 below must take account of these differences. */
9226 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9227 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9229 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9231 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9232 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9236 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9237 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9238 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9240 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9243 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9244 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9247 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9251 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9252 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9253 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9256 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9257 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9260 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9261 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9264 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9268 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9269 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9270 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9273 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9274 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9278 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9282 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9284 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9286 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9287 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9288 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9290 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9291 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9295 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9297 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9299 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9302 if (DECL_P (origin))
9303 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9304 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9305 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9307 if (origin_die == NULL)
9310 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
9313 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9316 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
9320 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
9322 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
9324 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
9325 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
9326 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
9327 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
9330 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9331 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9332 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9333 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
9337 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9340 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9344 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9346 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9347 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9350 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9351 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9354 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9360 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
9361 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
9363 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
9364 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9365 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
9367 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
9368 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
9369 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
9370 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9371 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
9372 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
9375 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9376 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9377 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9378 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
9380 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
9381 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
9382 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
9387 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9390 push_decl_scope (scope)
9393 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
9396 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9401 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
9404 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
9407 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9408 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9409 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9410 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9411 the current active scope. */
9414 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
9416 dw_die_ref context_die;
9418 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
9419 tree containing_scope;
9422 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9426 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
9428 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9429 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
9430 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9432 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9433 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9434 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9435 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
9436 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9438 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
9439 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9440 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
9442 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9443 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9444 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9445 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
9446 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
9451 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9452 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
9455 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9456 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9459 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
9462 scope_die = context_die;
9467 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9470 local_scope_p (context_die)
9471 dw_die_ref context_die;
9473 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
9474 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9475 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9481 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9484 class_scope_p (context_die)
9485 dw_die_ref context_die;
9488 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9489 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
9492 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9493 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9494 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9497 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
9498 dw_die_ref object_die;
9502 dw_die_ref context_die;
9504 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9505 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
9507 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9508 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9509 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9510 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9511 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
9512 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
9513 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
9515 if (code == ERROR_MARK
9516 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9517 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9518 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9519 || code == VOID_TYPE)
9522 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
9523 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
9524 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
9527 if (type_die != NULL)
9528 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
9531 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9532 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9533 was declared without a tag. */
9539 const char *name = 0;
9541 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
9545 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9546 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
9547 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
9549 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9550 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9552 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9553 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9554 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
9556 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9558 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
9561 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
9564 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9565 for bit field types. */
9568 member_declared_type (member)
9571 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9572 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
9575 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9576 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9580 decl_start_label (decl)
9586 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9587 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9591 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9594 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9599 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9600 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9601 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9604 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9606 dw_die_ref context_die;
9608 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9609 dw_die_ref array_die;
9612 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9613 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9614 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9615 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9616 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9619 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
9622 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9623 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9624 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9625 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9626 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9627 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9628 for multidimensional arrays. */
9629 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9632 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9633 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9634 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9635 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9636 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9639 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9641 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9642 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9644 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9645 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9647 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9648 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9649 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9650 add_subscript_info. */
9651 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9652 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9653 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9655 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9658 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9662 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9664 dw_die_ref context_die;
9667 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
9669 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9670 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9675 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9677 dw_die_ref context_die;
9679 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9680 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
9683 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9686 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9687 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9691 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9692 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9694 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9698 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9699 emit full debugging info for them. */
9702 retry_incomplete_types ()
9706 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
9707 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
9710 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9713 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9715 dw_die_ref context_die;
9717 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
9719 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9720 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9721 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9724 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9727 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9729 dw_die_ref context_die;
9731 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
9733 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9734 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9735 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9738 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9741 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9743 dw_die_ref context_die;
9745 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
9747 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9748 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9749 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9752 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9753 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9754 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9758 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9760 dw_die_ref context_die;
9762 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9764 if (type_die == NULL)
9766 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9767 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
9768 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9769 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9771 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9774 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9776 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9777 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9778 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9779 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9783 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9784 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9785 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9786 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9788 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9789 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9790 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9791 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9793 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9794 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9796 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
9798 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9799 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9801 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9803 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9804 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9805 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9807 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9808 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9813 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9816 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9817 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9820 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9821 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9822 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9823 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9824 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9825 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9826 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9827 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9830 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9832 dw_die_ref context_die;
9835 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
9838 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9841 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9843 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9846 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9847 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9848 TREE_READONLY (node),
9849 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9851 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9852 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9855 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9856 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9857 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9862 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9863 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9873 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9874 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9877 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9879 dw_die_ref context_die;
9881 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
9884 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9885 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9886 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9887 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9890 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9891 tree function_or_method_type;
9892 dw_die_ref context_die;
9895 tree formal_type = NULL;
9896 tree first_parm_type;
9899 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9901 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
9902 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
9907 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9909 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9910 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9911 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
9913 dw_die_ref parm_die;
9915 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9916 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9919 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9920 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9921 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9922 && link == first_parm_type)
9923 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
9924 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9926 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
9928 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
9931 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9932 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9933 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9934 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9936 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9937 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9938 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9939 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
9940 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9941 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
9944 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9945 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9946 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9947 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9948 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9951 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9953 dw_die_ref context_die;
9955 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9957 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9958 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9959 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9960 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9962 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9965 push_decl_scope (type);
9966 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9967 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9969 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9975 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
9976 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
9979 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
9985 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
9987 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9988 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
9990 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9991 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9992 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9995 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9996 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9997 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9999 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10001 gen_type_die_for_member
10002 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10005 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10006 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10007 current_function_decl = decl;
10009 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10010 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10011 if (! was_abstract)
10012 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10014 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10017 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10021 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
10023 dw_die_ref context_die;
10025 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10026 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10027 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10031 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10032 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10033 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10035 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10036 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10037 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10038 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10039 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10041 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10042 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
10049 if (origin != NULL)
10051 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10054 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10055 inline function. */
10056 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10057 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10059 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10060 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10064 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10066 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10067 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10068 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10069 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10070 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10072 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10073 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10074 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10075 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10076 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10082 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10083 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10084 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10085 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10086 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10087 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10088 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10089 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10090 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10091 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10092 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10093 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10095 subr_die = old_die;
10097 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10098 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10099 remove_children (subr_die);
10103 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10104 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10105 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10106 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10107 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10108 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10110 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10115 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10117 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10118 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10120 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10121 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10123 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10124 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10125 0, 0, context_die);
10128 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10129 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10130 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10132 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10133 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10134 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10135 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10140 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10142 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10144 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10145 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10146 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10147 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10148 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10149 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10152 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10154 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
10156 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10157 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10158 We can't get this completely correct because information
10159 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10161 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
10162 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10164 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10167 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10169 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10171 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10173 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10174 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10176 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10177 current_funcdef_number);
10178 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10180 current_funcdef_number);
10181 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10183 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10184 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10186 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10187 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10188 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10191 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10192 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10193 variables is relative to one of them. */
10195 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10196 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10199 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10200 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10201 if (current_function_needs_context)
10202 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10203 lookup_static_chain (decl));
10207 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10208 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10209 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10210 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10211 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10212 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10213 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10214 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10215 an ellipsis at the end. */
10217 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10218 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10219 its formal parameters. */
10220 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10222 else if (declaration)
10223 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10226 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10227 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10230 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10231 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10232 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10233 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10235 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10236 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10237 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10238 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10240 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10243 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10244 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10245 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10246 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10247 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10248 parameters at all. */
10249 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10250 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10252 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10253 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10254 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10256 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10257 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10260 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10261 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10262 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10264 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10265 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10266 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10267 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10268 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10269 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10270 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10272 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10273 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10274 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10275 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10276 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10277 constructor function. */
10278 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10280 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10281 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10283 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10284 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10286 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10287 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10289 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10290 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10297 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10300 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
10302 dw_die_ref context_die;
10304 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10305 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
10307 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10308 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
10309 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10311 if (origin != NULL)
10312 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
10314 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10315 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10317 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10318 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10321 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10322 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
10323 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
10325 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10326 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10327 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
10329 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10331 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10332 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10334 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10335 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10337 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
10338 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10343 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
10344 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
10345 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10347 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10348 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10350 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10351 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10353 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10354 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10355 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10356 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10360 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10362 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10363 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
10365 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10367 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10368 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
10371 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10374 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10377 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
10379 dw_die_ref context_die;
10381 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10382 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
10384 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10386 if (origin != NULL)
10387 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
10389 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
10391 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10392 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
10395 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
10397 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10398 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10399 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10400 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
10401 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
10402 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
10404 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10405 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10406 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10407 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10408 it if it ever does happen. */
10409 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
10412 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
10413 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10418 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10421 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10423 dw_die_ref context_die;
10426 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
10427 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10429 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10431 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
10435 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
10437 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
10440 add_ranges (chain);
10441 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
10448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10449 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10450 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10452 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10453 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10457 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
10460 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10463 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10465 dw_die_ref context_die;
10468 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10470 dw_die_ref subr_die
10471 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
10472 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10473 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10475 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10476 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10478 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10479 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10480 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10481 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10482 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10483 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10484 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10485 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
10486 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
10490 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10493 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
10495 dw_die_ref context_die;
10497 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
10499 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10500 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
10501 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
10504 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10506 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10507 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10508 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10511 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
10512 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10514 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10515 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10517 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10518 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10519 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10520 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10524 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10525 Use modified_type_die instead.
10526 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10527 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10530 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
10532 dw_die_ref context_die;
10535 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10537 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10538 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10539 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10542 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10543 Use modified_type_die instead.
10544 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10545 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10548 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
10550 dw_die_ref context_die;
10553 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10555 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
10556 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10557 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10561 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10564 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
10566 dw_die_ref context_die;
10569 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
10570 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10572 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10573 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10574 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10575 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10578 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10581 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10582 const char *filename;
10585 char producer[250];
10586 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10587 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
10590 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
10591 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10593 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10594 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10596 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10598 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10599 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10600 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10601 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10602 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10603 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10604 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10605 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10606 strcat (producer, " -g");
10609 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10611 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10612 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10613 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10614 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10615 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10616 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10617 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10618 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10619 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10620 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10621 else if (flag_traditional)
10622 language = DW_LANG_C;
10624 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10626 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10630 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10633 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10635 dw_die_ref context_die;
10637 dw_die_ref type_die
10638 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10640 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10642 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
10643 TODO: add string length info. */
10645 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10646 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
10650 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10653 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10655 dw_die_ref context_die;
10657 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
10659 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10660 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10662 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10663 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10665 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10666 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10667 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10668 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10671 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10674 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10676 dw_die_ref context_die;
10681 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10682 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10683 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10684 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10685 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10686 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
10687 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10688 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10689 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
10690 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
10691 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
10693 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10694 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10696 tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10697 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10700 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10701 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10704 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10705 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10707 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10708 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10709 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10710 do put them in the right order. */
10712 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10714 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10716 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10719 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10720 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10722 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10723 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
10726 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10728 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10730 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10734 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10735 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10736 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10739 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10741 dw_die_ref context_die;
10743 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10744 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10746 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10747 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10748 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10750 if (type_die && ! complete)
10753 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10754 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10757 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10759 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10760 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10762 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10764 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10765 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10767 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10769 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10771 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10774 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10776 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10777 then give a list of members. */
10780 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10781 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10782 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10783 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10784 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10785 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10787 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10788 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10789 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10790 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10792 push_decl_scope (type);
10793 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10796 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10797 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10799 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10801 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10802 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10803 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10808 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10810 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10811 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10812 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
10816 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10819 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10821 dw_die_ref context_die;
10823 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10824 dw_die_ref subr_die
10825 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
10826 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10828 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10829 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10830 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10831 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10834 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10837 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10839 dw_die_ref context_die;
10841 dw_die_ref type_die;
10844 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10847 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10848 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
10849 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10850 if (origin != NULL)
10851 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10856 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10857 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10859 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10861 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10864 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10867 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10869 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10870 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10873 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10874 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10877 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10880 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10882 dw_die_ref context_die;
10886 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10889 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10890 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10891 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10892 type = type_main_variant (type);
10894 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10897 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10898 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10900 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10901 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10905 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10911 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10912 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10913 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10914 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10915 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10917 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10919 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10920 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10921 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10925 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10926 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10927 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10929 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10930 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10932 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10934 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10938 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10939 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10943 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10944 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10947 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10948 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10949 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10950 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10954 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10955 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10956 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10960 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10962 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10963 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10966 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10970 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10973 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10976 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10977 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
10978 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
10979 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
10980 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
10981 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
10982 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
10983 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10984 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10985 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10987 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10989 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10992 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10993 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10994 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11000 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11001 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11003 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11008 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11009 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11010 when appropriate. */
11019 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11023 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11030 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11033 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11036 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
11038 dw_die_ref context_die;
11040 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11043 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11044 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11045 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11047 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11050 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11051 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11053 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11058 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11059 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11063 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11067 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11068 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11076 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11077 things which are local to the given block. */
11080 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11082 dw_die_ref context_die;
11085 int must_output_die = 0;
11088 enum tree_code origin_code;
11090 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11091 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11092 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11095 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11096 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11097 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11098 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11102 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11103 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11108 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11109 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11110 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11111 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11112 the current block. */
11113 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11114 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11116 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11118 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11119 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11120 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11121 must_output_die = 1;
11124 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11125 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11126 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11127 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11128 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11129 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11130 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11131 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11133 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11134 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11135 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11136 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11137 as being a "significant" one. */
11138 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11140 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11141 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11142 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11143 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11144 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11145 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11147 must_output_die = 1;
11153 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11154 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11155 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11156 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11157 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11158 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11159 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11160 if (must_output_die)
11162 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11163 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11165 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11168 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11171 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11172 all of its sub-blocks. */
11175 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
11177 dw_die_ref context_die;
11183 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11184 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11187 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11188 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11189 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11190 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11191 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11195 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11196 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11197 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11198 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11202 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11203 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11205 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11208 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11209 therein) of this block. */
11210 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11212 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11213 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11216 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11219 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
11222 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11225 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11226 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11227 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11228 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11229 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11230 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11236 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11239 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
11241 dw_die_ref context_die;
11245 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11248 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11254 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11255 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11258 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11259 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11260 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11261 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11262 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11265 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11266 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11267 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11269 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11270 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11271 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11272 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
11273 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11274 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11275 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11276 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11278 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11279 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
11282 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11283 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11285 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11286 have described its return type. */
11287 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
11289 /* And its virtual context. */
11290 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11291 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
11293 /* And its containing type. */
11294 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11295 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11296 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11299 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11300 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
11304 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11305 actual typedefs. */
11306 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11309 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11310 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11311 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11312 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11313 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11314 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11315 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11317 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11321 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
11322 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11324 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11325 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
11329 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11330 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
11334 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11335 variable declarations or definitions. */
11336 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11339 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11341 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11343 /* And its containing type. */
11344 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11345 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11346 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11348 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11349 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11350 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11352 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11353 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
11354 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11356 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
11360 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11361 anonymous unions. */
11362 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
11363 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
11365 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
11366 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
11371 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11372 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11375 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
11376 /* Ignore for now. */
11385 mark_limbo_die_list (ptr)
11386 void *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11388 limbo_die_node *node;
11389 for (node = limbo_die_list; node ; node = node->next)
11390 ggc_mark_tree (node->created_for);
11393 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11396 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
11397 const char *filename;
11398 const char *context_list;
11400 unsigned int file_index;
11402 if (filename != NULL)
11404 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
11405 tree context_list_decl
11406 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
11409 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
11410 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
11411 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
11412 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11413 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
11417 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11418 compilation proper has finished. */
11421 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
11424 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11425 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11426 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11427 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11428 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11429 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11432 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11435 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
11438 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
11440 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11445 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11446 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11447 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11448 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11449 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
11452 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11453 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11454 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11455 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11456 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11457 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11458 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11459 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11460 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11461 with the definition of the function.
11463 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11464 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11465 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11466 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11467 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11468 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11469 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11470 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11471 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11472 that they *are* definitions).
11474 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11475 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11476 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11477 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11478 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11479 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11482 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11483 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11484 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11485 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11486 context_die = NULL;
11490 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11491 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11492 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11493 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11494 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11495 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11496 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11497 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11498 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
11501 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11502 variable declarations or definitions. */
11503 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11508 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11509 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
11512 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11513 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11514 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
11516 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11517 comparisons have. */
11518 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
11519 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
11520 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
11521 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11522 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
11527 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11528 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11531 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11532 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11533 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11534 context_die = NULL;
11542 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11545 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11546 a lexical block. */
11549 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
11550 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11551 unsigned int blocknum;
11553 function_section (current_function_decl);
11554 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
11557 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11561 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
11562 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11563 unsigned int blocknum;
11565 function_section (current_function_decl);
11566 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
11569 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11570 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11572 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11573 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11574 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11577 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
11582 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11583 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11584 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
11590 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11591 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11592 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
11593 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
11594 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
11595 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
11596 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
11597 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
11598 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
11602 lookup_filename (file_name)
11603 const char *file_name;
11607 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11608 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
11609 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
11612 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11613 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11614 if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
11615 if (0 == strcmp (file_name,
11616 file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]))
11617 return file_table.last_lookup_index;
11619 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11620 for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; i++)
11621 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
11623 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11627 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11628 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11629 if (i == file_table.allocated)
11631 file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11632 file_table.table = (char **)
11633 xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
11636 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11637 file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
11638 file_table.in_use = i + 1;
11639 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11641 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11642 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
11650 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11651 file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11652 file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11654 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11655 file_table.in_use = 1;
11656 file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
11659 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11660 and record information relating to this source line, in
11661 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11664 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
11666 const char *filename;
11668 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11670 function_section (current_function_decl);
11672 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11673 if (flag_debug_asm)
11674 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11677 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11679 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11681 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11682 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
11684 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11685 line_info_table_in_use++;
11687 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11688 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11689 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
11691 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11693 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11694 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11695 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11697 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11698 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11699 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11701 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11702 separate_line_info_table
11703 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11704 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11705 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11706 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11709 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11711 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11712 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11713 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11714 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11718 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11720 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11721 line_info_table_in_use);
11723 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11724 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11726 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11728 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11729 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11730 (line_info_table_allocated
11731 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11734 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11735 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11736 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11737 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11742 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11745 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
11746 unsigned int lineno;
11747 const char *filename;
11749 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11751 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11752 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
11753 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11756 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11758 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
11760 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
11762 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
11763 "Filename we just started");
11767 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11770 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
11771 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11773 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11774 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11775 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
11777 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11779 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11784 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11785 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11786 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11789 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11790 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11791 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11793 static int initialized = 0;
11796 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename);
11800 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11802 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
11804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11805 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11809 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11810 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11811 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11814 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11815 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11816 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11818 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11820 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
11822 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11823 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11827 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11830 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename)
11831 const char *main_input_filename;
11833 init_file_table ();
11835 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11836 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11838 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11839 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11840 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11841 lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
11843 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11845 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11846 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11847 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11849 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11850 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
11851 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table, 1);
11853 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11855 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11856 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11857 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11858 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11859 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11861 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11863 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11864 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11865 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11867 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11868 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11870 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11871 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11872 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11873 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11874 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11875 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11877 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
11878 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types, 1);
11880 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11881 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11883 ggc_add_root (&limbo_die_list, 1, 1, mark_limbo_die_list);
11885 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11886 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
11887 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11888 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11889 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11891 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
11893 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11894 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11895 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11896 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11897 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
11898 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11899 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11900 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11901 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11902 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11903 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11904 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11906 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11908 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11909 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
11910 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11911 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
11914 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11917 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11921 /* Allocate a string in .debug_str hash table. */
11924 indirect_string_alloc (tab)
11925 hash_table *tab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11927 struct indirect_string_node *node;
11929 node = xmalloc (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
11930 node->refcount = 0;
11932 node->label = NULL;
11934 return (hashnode) node;
11937 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
11938 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
11941 output_indirect_string (pfile, h, v)
11942 struct cpp_reader *pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11944 const PTR v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11946 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) h;
11948 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
11950 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
11951 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
11952 assemble_string ((const char *) HT_STR (&node->id),
11953 HT_LEN (&node->id) + 1);
11959 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11960 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11963 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
11964 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11966 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11967 dw_die_ref die = 0;
11969 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11970 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11971 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11972 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11974 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11976 next_node = node->next;
11979 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11981 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11985 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11986 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11988 else if (node->created_for
11989 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
11990 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
11991 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
11992 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
11993 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11995 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
11996 nested function can be optimized away, which results
11997 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
11998 with the return type of that nested function. Force
11999 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12000 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
12003 add_child_die (origin, die);
12005 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
12006 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12007 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
12015 limbo_die_list = NULL;
12017 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12018 emit full debugging info for them. */
12019 retry_incomplete_types ();
12021 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12022 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12023 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
12025 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12026 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12027 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12028 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
12030 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12031 that have children. */
12032 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
12033 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12034 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
12036 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12038 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12040 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12041 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12042 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12043 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12044 examining the file. */
12045 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12047 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12048 output_line_info ();
12051 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12052 if (have_location_lists)
12054 /* Output the location lists info. */
12055 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12056 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
12057 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12058 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
12059 output_location_lists (die);
12060 have_location_lists = 0;
12063 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12065 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
12067 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
12068 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
12071 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12072 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12073 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
12074 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
12076 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12077 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
12078 debug_line_section_label);
12080 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12081 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
12083 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12084 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12085 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12086 output_comp_unit (node->die);
12088 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
12090 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12091 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12092 output_abbrev_section ();
12094 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12095 if (pubname_table_in_use)
12097 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12098 output_pubnames ();
12101 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12102 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12103 if (fde_table_in_use)
12105 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12109 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12110 if (ranges_table_in_use)
12112 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12113 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
12117 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12118 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12120 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12121 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12124 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12126 if (debug_str_hash)
12127 ht_forall (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
12129 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */